diff --git a/Configuration.h b/Configuration.h index e3a190f..db5b58e 100644 --- a/Configuration.h +++ b/Configuration.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,9 +16,12 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . + * along with this program. If not, see . * */ +#pragma once + +#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/Ender-5/BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 2.0" /** * Configuration.h @@ -33,51 +36,43 @@ * - Extra features * * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * */ -#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H -#define CONFIGURATION_H -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010109 +#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02000903 //=========================================================================== //============================= Getting Started ============================= //=========================================================================== /** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: + * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated: * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 + * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all + * + * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusaprinters.org/calculator_3416/ + * + * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration + * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide + * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap + * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk + * + * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 + * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865 */ //=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== +//========================== DELTA / SCARA / TPARA ========================== //=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// example_configurations/delta directory and customize for your machine. // - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// example_configurations/SCARA and customize for your machine. +// Download configurations from the link above and customize for your machine. +// Examples are located in config/examples/delta, .../SCARA, and .../TPARA. // +//=========================================================================== // @section info -// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during -// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this -// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware. -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(teachingtech/Drew Shipley, Ender-5)" // Who made the changes. -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN -#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1 -#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2 +// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 +#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(uaraven, Ender-5-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0)" // Who made the changes. +//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) /** * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** @@ -90,25 +85,36 @@ * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. */ -// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. +// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** +#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. #define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN -// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. +// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. #define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // @section machine +// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup +#ifndef MOTHERBOARD + #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V2_0 +#endif + /** * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting. + * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. * - * :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 +#define SERIAL_PORT 2 /** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. + * Serial Port Baud Rate + * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports. + * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below. * * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. @@ -117,28 +123,77 @@ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] */ #define BAUDRATE 115200 +//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate + +/** + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 +//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // Enable to override BAUDRATE + +/** + * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. + * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1 + * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] + */ +//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1 +//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // Enable to override BAUDRATE // Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices //#define BLUETOOTH -// The following define selects which electronics board you have. -// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine -// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message +// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-5" -// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines) -// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4) +// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. +// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 //#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" +/** + * Define the number of coordinated linear axes. + * See https://github.com/DerAndere1/Marlin/wiki + * Each linear axis gets its own stepper control and endstop: + * + * Steppers: *_STEP_PIN, *_ENABLE_PIN, *_DIR_PIN, *_ENABLE_ON + * Endstops: *_STOP_PIN, USE_*MIN_PLUG, USE_*MAX_PLUG + * Axes: *_MIN_POS, *_MAX_POS, INVERT_*_DIR + * Planner: DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE + * DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION, AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES, + * MICROSTEP_MODES, MANUAL_FEEDRATE + * + * :[3, 4, 5, 6] + */ +//#define LINEAR_AXES 3 + +/** + * Axis codes for additional axes: + * This defines the axis code that is used in G-code commands to + * reference a specific axis. + * 'A' for rotational axis parallel to X + * 'B' for rotational axis parallel to Y + * 'C' for rotational axis parallel to Z + * 'U' for secondary linear axis parallel to X + * 'V' for secondary linear axis parallel to Y + * 'W' for secondary linear axis parallel to Z + * Regardless of the settings, firmware-internal axis IDs are + * I (AXIS4), J (AXIS5), K (AXIS6). + */ +#if LINEAR_AXES >= 4 + #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] +#endif +#if LINEAR_AXES >= 5 + #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] +#endif +#if LINEAR_AXES >= 6 + #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W'] +#endif + // @section extruder // This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5] +// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] #define EXTRUDERS 1 // Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. @@ -147,25 +202,28 @@ // For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. //#define SINGLENOZZLE -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 steppers - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 steppers +// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. +// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... +#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP + //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN #endif +/** + * Multi-Material Unit + * Set to one of these predefined models: + * + * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) + * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) + * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) + * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) + * + * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. + * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. + */ +//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 + // A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor //#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) @@ -176,27 +234,99 @@ #endif #endif -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one of the nozzles +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 - //#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.0 } + //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second + #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) #endif /** * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. + * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. */ //#define PARKING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // Delay (ms) for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + +/** + * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part + * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid + * + * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 + * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k + * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER + +#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SECURITY_RAISE 5 // Z-raise before parking - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 1.3 } // Z-offsets of the two hotends. The first must be 0. + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder + + #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil + #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. + //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + + #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point + #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple + #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point + #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling + + #endif + +#endif + +/** + * Switching Toolhead + * + * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as + * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. + */ +//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Magnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic + * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. + */ +//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +/** + * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead + * + * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. + * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. + * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 + */ +//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders + #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock + #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) + //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock + #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate + #endif + #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) + #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching + #endif #endif /** @@ -212,189 +342,275 @@ #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands + //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD + //#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS + #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) + //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias + #endif #endif // Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). // The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). // For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle +//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle // @section machine /** - * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN + * Power Supply Control * - * 0 = No Power Switch - * 1 = ATX - * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC) - * - * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' } + * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. + * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. */ -#define POWER_SUPPLY 0 +//#define PSU_CONTROL +//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" -#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0 - // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup. - // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80. - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + //#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on + //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off + //#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off + #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE HIGH // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power + + //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) + //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) + + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 + #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN + #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN + //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature + //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the cooler is over this temperature + #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration + //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. #endif - #endif -// @section temperature - //=========================================================================== //============================= Thermal Settings ============================ //=========================================================================== +// @section temperature /** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP!-- 1kΩ pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table * * Temperature sensors available: * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 + * SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards - IMPORTANT: Read the NOTE below! + * ------- + * -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-1) + * NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below. + * -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-1) + * + * NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default, + * Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN, + * Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the + * Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported. + * + * Analog Themocouple Boards + * ------- + * -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple + * -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple + * + * Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal + * ------- + * 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors + * 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA + * 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE + * 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 + * 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D + * 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor + * 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !! + * 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C + * 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A + * 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M + * 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend + * 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) + * 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01 + * 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01 + * 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT + * 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 + * 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961 + * 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1% + * 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed + * 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1% + * 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend + * 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 + * 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input + * 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input + * 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950 + * 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950 + * 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950 + * 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design High Temperature Thermistor + * 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor + * 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2 + * 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32 + * 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor + * + * Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup - Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ. + * ------- (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) + * 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup) + * 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup) + * 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup) + * + * Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical + * ------- + * 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor + * + * Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000) + * ------- + * 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical) + * 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup + * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical) + * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D) + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. + * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. + * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * + * Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors + * ------ * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor + * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. + * !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!! * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. * - * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" } */ #define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 #define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 +// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 -// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early. +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used -// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken. -// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off. -// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure! -// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection. +/** + * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT) + * + * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another + * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C), + * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting + * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring. + * + * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7 + */ +#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT + #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading. + #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for. + #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort. +#endif + +// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off +// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 +#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 + +// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. +// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) #define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 +#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 +#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 + +/** + * Thermal Overshoot + * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees + * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees + * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. + */ +#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT +#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT +#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT //=========================================================================== //============================= PID Settings ================================ //=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning +// PID Tuning Guide here: https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning // Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. #define PIDTEMP #define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current #define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current #define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) + //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 + // Creality Ender-5 + #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) + // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup. + // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends. + #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 21.73, 21.73 } + #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.54, 1.54 } + #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 76.55, 76.55 } + #else + #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 + #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 + #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 + #endif #endif // PIDTEMP //=========================================================================== -//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control =============== +//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== //=========================================================================== /** @@ -410,7 +626,7 @@ * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED +#define PIDTEMPBED //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING @@ -423,24 +639,68 @@ #define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - + //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 + #define DEFAULT_bedKp 50.71 + #define DEFAULT_bedKi 9.88 + #define DEFAULT_bedKd 173.43 // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. #endif // PIDTEMPBED +//=========================================================================== +//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ==================== +//=========================================================================== + +/** + * PID Chamber Heating + * + * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable + * hysteresis. + * + * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, + * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly + * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W + * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand + * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + */ +//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER +//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING + +/** + * Max Chamber Power + * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). + * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider + * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + */ +#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current + +#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 + //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + + // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element + // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent. + // + #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 + #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 + #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 + // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 + + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER + +#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. + //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX + //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay + #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature + // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +#endif + // @section extruder /** @@ -450,15 +710,15 @@ * * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -//#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 +#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION +#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 /** * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. */ #define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 +#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 //=========================================================================== //======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= @@ -479,6 +739,8 @@ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling //=========================================================================== //============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= @@ -486,7 +748,7 @@ // @section machine -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics +// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, // either in the usual order or reversed //#define COREXY //#define COREXZ @@ -494,6 +756,18 @@ //#define COREYX //#define COREZX //#define COREZY +//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 +//#define MARKFORGED_YX + +// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion +//#define BELTPRINTER + +// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics +//#define POLARGRAPH +#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH) + #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 + #define POLAR_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 +#endif //=========================================================================== //============================== Endstop Settings =========================== @@ -506,32 +780,69 @@ // extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. //#define USE_XMIN_PLUG //#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_IMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_JMIN_PLUG +//#define USE_KMIN_PLUG #define USE_XMAX_PLUG #define USE_YMAX_PLUG //#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_IMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_JMAX_PLUG +//#define USE_KMAX_PLUG // Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state #define ENDSTOPPULLUPS #if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE #endif +// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state +//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) + // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX + //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + // Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** * Stepper Drivers @@ -541,44 +852,56 @@ * * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * - * Options: A4988, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, + * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE'] + * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 //#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 //#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. //#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE /** - * Endstop Noise Filter + * Endstop Noise Threshold * - * Enable this option if endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * NOTE: Enabling this feature means adds an error of +/-0.2mm, so homing - * will end up at a slightly different position on each G28. This will also - * reduce accuracy of some bed probes. - * For mechanical switches, the better approach to reduce noise is to install - * a 100 nanofarads ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch, making it - * essentially noise-proof without sacrificing accuracy. - * This option also increases MCU load when endstops or the probe are enabled. - * So this is not recommended. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK. - * (This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, since they already include the 100nF capacitor.) + * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. + * + * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. + * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch. + * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs + * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. + * + * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_FILTER +//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 + +// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. +//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP //============================================================================= //============================== Movement Settings ============================ @@ -603,25 +926,35 @@ /** * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } /** * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } +//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) + #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + /** * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4]]]] + * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } +//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) + #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif + /** * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * Override with M204 @@ -635,17 +968,44 @@ #define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves /** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) + * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) * Override with M205 X Y Z E * * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. */ -#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 -#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 -#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 +//#define CLASSIC_JERK +#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 + #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3 + //#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3 + + //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves + + //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 + #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) + #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits + #endif +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance + +/** + * Junction Deviation Factor + * + * See: + * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 + * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html + */ +#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) + #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge + #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle + // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#endif /** * S-Curve Acceleration @@ -655,7 +1015,7 @@ * * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION +#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION //=========================================================================== //============================= Z Probe Options ============================= @@ -663,22 +1023,25 @@ // @section probes // -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html +// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html // /** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. + * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin. + * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. + * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + +// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing +#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING /** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP + * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min. - * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.) - * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below. + * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. + * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD + * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. * * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. @@ -687,12 +1050,8 @@ * - For simple switches connect... * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially - * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework. - * */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP +//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default /** * Probe Type @@ -707,7 +1066,6 @@ * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. */ //#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 /** * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. @@ -715,33 +1073,39 @@ */ //#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + /** * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles +//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles /** * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. */ -//#define BLTOUCH -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed -#endif +#define BLTOUCH /** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr + * + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. + * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is + * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * + * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, + * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) +//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) + #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts + //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed + //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) #endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) //#define SOLENOID_PROBE @@ -750,49 +1114,134 @@ //#define Z_PROBE_SLED //#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) + #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS + #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#endif + +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + +/** + * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. + * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers. + * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. + * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. + */ +//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING + // // For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. // /** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * X and Y offsets must be integers. + * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z } * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 - * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 + * X and Y offset + * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of + * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes. * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) + * Z offset + * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using + * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES + * to avoid collisions during probing. + * + * Tune and Adjust + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * + * Assuming the typical work area orientation: + * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset + * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset + * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset + * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset + * + * Some examples: + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3" + * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4" + * + * +-- BACK ---+ + * | [+] | + * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+) + * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+) + * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle + * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-) + * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-) + * | [-] | + * O-- FRONT --+ */ -#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] -#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -12, -2.25 } -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. +#define PROBING_MARGIN 10 -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 +// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes +#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60) -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point +#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) -// The number of probes to perform at each point. -// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. -// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. +/** + * Probe Activation Switch + * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical + * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. + */ +//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active + //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#endif + +/** + * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe. + * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out + * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. + */ +//#define PROBE_TARE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) + #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin + #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before + #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare + //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin + #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) + //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Probe Enable / Disable + * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled. + */ +//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE) + //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here +#endif + +/** + * Multiple Probing + * + * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. + * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. + * + * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. + * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. + */ //#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 /** * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between @@ -802,7 +1251,7 @@ * * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. + * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. * * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. @@ -822,25 +1271,62 @@ // Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy //#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST +// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation +//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +#endif + +/** + * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. + * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical + * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. + * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve + * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. + */ +//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) + //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) + //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude) +#endif +//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing +//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders) +//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors + +// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) + #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif + // For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 // :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } #define X_ENABLE_ON 0 #define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 #define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 #define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders +//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0 +//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0 +//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0 -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. +// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped. // WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! #define DISABLE_X false #define DISABLE_Y false #define DISABLE_Z false -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy +//#define DISABLE_I false +//#define DISABLE_J false +//#define DISABLE_K false + +// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction //#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING // @section extruder -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER false // Keep only the active extruder enabled. +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled // @section machine @@ -848,6 +1334,9 @@ #define INVERT_X_DIR true #define INVERT_Y_DIR true #define INVERT_Z_DIR true +//#define INVERT_I_DIR false +//#define INVERT_J_DIR false +//#define INVERT_K_DIR false // @section extruder @@ -857,27 +1346,41 @@ #define INVERT_E2_DIR false #define INVERT_E3_DIR false #define INVERT_E4_DIR false +#define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false // @section homing -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed +//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. +//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. +/** + * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled. + * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed. + * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle. + */ +//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. +//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... + // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. + +//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z // Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN // :[-1,1] #define X_HOME_DIR 1 #define Y_HOME_DIR 1 #define Z_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define I_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define J_HOME_DIR -1 +//#define K_HOME_DIR -1 // @section machine -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 225 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 225 +// The size of the printable area +#define X_BED_SIZE 220 +#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 // Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. #define X_MIN_POS 0 @@ -886,6 +1389,12 @@ #define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE #define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE #define Z_MAX_POS 300 +//#define I_MIN_POS 0 +//#define I_MAX_POS 50 +//#define J_MIN_POS 0 +//#define J_MAX_POS 50 +//#define K_MIN_POS 0 +//#define K_MAX_POS 50 /** * Software Endstops @@ -902,6 +1411,9 @@ #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J + #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K #endif // Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds @@ -910,9 +1422,12 @@ #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J + #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K #endif -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) +#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD #endif @@ -920,16 +1435,78 @@ * Filament Runout Sensors * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. * + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. + * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. + * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. + * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. + * * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. */ //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. + #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. + + #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE HIGH // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. + //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. + //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. + // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. + + // Filament runout sensor pin (using the z-axis pin here) + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC2 + + // Override individually if the runout sensors vary + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP + //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + + // Commands to execute on filament runout. + // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") + // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply. #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament + // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of + // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. + //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 7 + + #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin + // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM + // large enough to avoid false positives.) + //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR + #endif #endif //=========================================================================== @@ -972,15 +1549,26 @@ */ //#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT //#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR //#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL //#define MESH_BED_LEVELING /** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. + * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of + * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable + * leveling immediately after G28. */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 + +/** + * Auto-leveling needs preheating + */ +//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) + #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time + #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#endif /** * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. @@ -989,11 +1577,19 @@ */ //#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY) + // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment + #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height +#endif + +#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. // The height can be set with M420 Z #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT + #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) + #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. + #endif // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the @@ -1007,25 +1603,22 @@ //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. + #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. + #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. + #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. + #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 + #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). - //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - MIN_PROBE_EDGE) - //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - MIN_PROBE_EDGE) - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST @@ -1033,7 +1626,7 @@ // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID + #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID // // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. @@ -1059,12 +1652,16 @@ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points + #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used // as the Z-Height correction value. + //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh + #elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) //=========================================================================== @@ -1079,36 +1676,51 @@ #endif // BED_LEVELING -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - /** * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING +#define LCD_BED_LEVELING #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. + #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment + #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points #endif // Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS +#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points + //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify + //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK + #endif + + /** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ + #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } #endif /** @@ -1117,7 +1729,6 @@ */ //#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - // @section homing // The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) @@ -1128,26 +1739,29 @@ //#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 //#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 //#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0 +//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0 -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING +/** + * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. + * + * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing. + * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted. + * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing. + */ +#define Z_SAFE_HOMING #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing + #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing #endif -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) +// Homing speeds (mm/min) +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) } + +// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves +#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS // @section calibrate @@ -1212,17 +1826,23 @@ // @section extras -// -// EEPROM -// -// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity... -// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM -// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily). -// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to. -// -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +/** + * EEPROM + * + * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. + * + * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. + * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. +#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. + //#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build. +#endif // // Host Keepalive @@ -1234,11 +1854,6 @@ #define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. #define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - // // G20/G21 Inch mode support // @@ -1251,13 +1866,19 @@ // @section temperature -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 +// +// Preheat Constants - Up to 5 are supported without changes +// +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 #define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 #define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 /** @@ -1271,13 +1892,16 @@ * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE +#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z } + // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers) + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park + //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance + #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) + #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) #endif /** @@ -1316,7 +1940,6 @@ * * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * */ //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE @@ -1327,9 +1950,10 @@ // Default number of triangles #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)} + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } // Circular pattern radius #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 @@ -1338,18 +1962,41 @@ // Middle point of circle #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - // Moves the nozzle to the initial position + // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + + // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + + // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + + // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 + //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe + + // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. + //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" + #endif /** * Print Job Timer * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. + * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191. + * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is + * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP. * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer + * M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer + * M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none + * + * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2. + * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP. + * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP. * * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: * @@ -1372,6 +2019,40 @@ * View the current statistics with M78. */ //#define PRINTCOUNTER +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#endif + +/** + * Password + * + * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested: + * + * - When the printer boots up + * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu + * - When SD printing is completed or aborted + * + * The following G-codes can be used: + * + * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511. + * M511 - Unlock Printer. + * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password. + * + * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash + * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) + * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. + */ +//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) + #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended + #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP + #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. + #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S. + //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END + //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#endif //============================================================================= //============================= LCD and SD support ============================ @@ -1384,13 +2065,12 @@ * * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: * - * en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, cz_utf8, de, el, el-gr, es, es_utf8, - * eu, fi, fr, fr_utf8, gl, hr, it, kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, - * pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, sk_utf8, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test + * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, + * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'cz_utf8':'Czech (UTF8)', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'es_utf8':'Spanish (UTF8)', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'fr_utf8':'French (UTF8)', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk_utf8':'Slovak (UTF8)', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Taiwan)', 'test':'TEST' } + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en +#define LCD_LANGUAGE fr /** * LCD Character Set @@ -1410,31 +2090,27 @@ * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html * * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN +#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE + +/** + * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša) + * + * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša'] + */ +#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 /** * SD CARD * * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * */ #define SDSUPPORT -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - /** * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC * @@ -1490,12 +2166,21 @@ // //#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION +// +// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. +// +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. +// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. +// +//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION + // // Individual Axis Homing // // Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. // -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU +#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU +//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU // // SPEAKER/BUZZER @@ -1503,7 +2188,7 @@ // If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. // By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. // -#define SPEAKER +//#define SPEAKER // // The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. @@ -1522,12 +2207,26 @@ // // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller // // Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. // //#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER +// +// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display +// +// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and +// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library. +// +//#define YHCB2004 + +// +// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader +// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ +// +//#define RADDS_DISPLAY + // // ULTIMAKER Controller. // @@ -1540,13 +2239,13 @@ // // PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne +// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne // //#define PANEL_ONE // // GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel // // Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. // @@ -1560,7 +2259,7 @@ // // Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html // //#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 @@ -1632,11 +2331,26 @@ // // -// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD +// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH +// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD // //#define SAV_3DLCD +// +// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 +// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD +// Uses the code directly from Sailfish +// +//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD + +// +// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI +// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. +// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter +// +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C + //============================================================================= //======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= //========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== @@ -1648,13 +2362,20 @@ // IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! // https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino // +// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs. +// // // RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller // //#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER +// +// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller +// +//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER + // // ReprapWorld Graphical LCD // https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 @@ -1664,20 +2385,25 @@ // // Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices // Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com +// https://www.panucatt.com // //#define VIKI2 //#define miniVIKI +// +// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG +// +//#define WYH_L12864 + // // MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel +// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel // //#define MINIPANEL // // MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel // //#define MAKRPANEL @@ -1704,6 +2430,85 @@ // //#define LCD_FOR_MELZI +// +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) +// +//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER + +// +// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864 + +// +// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// +//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3 + +// +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// +//#define MKS_LCD12864A +//#define MKS_LCD12864B + +// +// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support +// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ +// +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. + +// +// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight. +// +//#define BTT_MINI_12864_V1 + +// +// Factory display for Creality CR-10 +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html +// +// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// +#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + +// +// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller +// +// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 +// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with +// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. +// +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING + +// +// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html +// +//#define AZSMZ_12864 + +// +// Silvergate GLCD controller +// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// +//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER + +//============================================================================= +//============================== OLED Displays ============================== +//============================================================================= + // // SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display // @@ -1714,46 +2519,18 @@ // //#define SAV_3DGLCD #if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - #define U8GLIB_SH1106 + #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 + //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 #endif -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - // // TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel // //#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 // -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD // Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 - // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with - // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED +// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller +// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED // // Tiny, but very sharp OLED display // @@ -1761,38 +2538,302 @@ //#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller // -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate +// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller // -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER +//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) +//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller + +// +// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 +// +//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART + +// +// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs +// +//#define OVERLORD_OLED + +// +// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB +// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html +//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller + +// +// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller +// +//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI + +//============================================================================= +//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== +//============================================================================= + +// +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) +// ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html +// FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html +// MKS : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html +// +// Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin: +// - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb. +// - Download files as specified for your type of display. +// - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display. +// - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete. +// +// ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET) +// - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources +// - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. +// +// FYSETC (Supplier default) +// - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0 +// - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card. +// +// HIPRECY (Supplier default) +// - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO +// - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. +// +// MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default) +// - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43 +// - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. +// +// RELOADED (T5UID1) +// - Download https://github.com/Desuuuu/DGUS-reloaded/releases +// - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card. +// +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_RELOADED +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) + #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI +#endif + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers +// +//#define MALYAN_LCD +#if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. +// +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE + +// +// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +#if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic + //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#endif + +// +// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028 +// +//#define NEXTION_TFT +#if ENABLED(NEXTION_TFT) + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Nextion +#endif + +// +// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. +// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. +// +//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI + +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +#endif + +//============================================================================= +//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== +//============================================================================= + +/** + * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options + * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options. + */ + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3 +// +//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 + +// +// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2 +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 + +// +// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 + +// +// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS +// Usually paired with MKS Robin +// +//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY +// +//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise +// +//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 + +// +// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 +// +//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 +// +//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 + +// +// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU-BX +// +//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70 + +// +// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series +// +//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0 + +// +// Generic TFT with detailed options +// +//#define TFT_GENERIC +#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) + // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] + #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + + // Interface. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC + //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + + // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: + //#define TFT_RES_320x240 + //#define TFT_RES_480x272 + //#define TFT_RES_480x320 + //#define TFT_RES_1024x600 +#endif + +/** + * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: + * + * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities + * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * + * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the + * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. + */ +//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +//#define TFT_COLOR_UI +//#define TFT_LVGL_UI + +#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) + //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +#endif + +/** + * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values: + * + * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, + * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION + */ +//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION //============================================================================= //============================ Other Controllers ============================ //============================================================================= // -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial +// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. // +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_ENHANCED // Enhanced UI +//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers +//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation) +//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation) // -// LCD for Malyan M200 printers. -// This requires SDSUPPORT to be enabled +// Touch Screen Settings // -//#define MALYAN_LCD +//#define TOUCH_SCREEN +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) + #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens + #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on -// + //#define TOUCH_IDLE_SLEEP 300 // (secs) Turn off the TFT backlight if set (5mn) + + #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION + + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 + //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 + //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 + //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE + + #if BOTH(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM + #endif + + #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) + //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION + #endif +#endif // // RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key -// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click. +// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ // //#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 +//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press + +// +// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED +// +//#define EASYTHREED_UI //============================================================================= //=============================== Extra Features ============================== @@ -1800,8 +2841,9 @@ // @section extras -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN +// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. +// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] +//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 // Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency // which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency @@ -1812,6 +2854,7 @@ // affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. // However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; // at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. +// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] #define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 // If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can @@ -1825,13 +2868,6 @@ // then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) //#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS -// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote -// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ -//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - // Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder //#define BARICUDA @@ -1841,6 +2877,9 @@ // Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver //#define PCA9632 +// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver +//#define PCA9533 + /** * RGB LED / LED Strip Control * @@ -1850,38 +2889,55 @@ * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. + * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. * * *** CAUTION *** * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs + * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. * *** CAUTION *** * * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * */ //#define RGB_LED //#define RGBW_LED -#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 + //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 + //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 + //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 #endif -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver +// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver //#define NEOPIXEL_LED #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip + #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRB // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) + //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin + //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE + //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 + #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 10 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + + // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... + //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) + #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip + #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) + #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + #else + //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel + #endif + + // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W + //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off #endif /** @@ -1895,25 +2951,20 @@ * - Change to green once print has finished * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button */ -#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) +#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS #endif -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - /** * Number of servos * * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. + * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command +//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands -// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. // 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. // If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. #define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } @@ -1921,4 +2972,8 @@ // Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter //#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE -#endif // CONFIGURATION_H +// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 +//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES + +// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use +//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE diff --git a/Configuration_adv.h b/Configuration_adv.h index c7d05cf..1c2054c 100644 --- a/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Configuration_adv.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,9 +16,12 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . + * along with this program. If not, see . * */ +#pragma once + +#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/Ender-5/BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 2.0" /** * Configuration_adv.h @@ -28,22 +31,138 @@ * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! * * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * */ -#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010109 +#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02000903 +//=========================================================================== +//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ +//=========================================================================== // @section temperature -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== +/** + * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in + * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them, + * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This + * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error + * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while + * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous + * stream of errors from the sensor. + * + * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur. + */ +#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15 // -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 +// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters // +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 + #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 + #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 + #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 + #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 + #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 + #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 + #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 + #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000 + #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 + #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000 + #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000 + #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +/** + * Configuration options for MAX Thermocouples (-2, -3, -5). + * FORCE_HW_SPI: Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins and just use the CS pin & default SPI bus. + * MAX31865_WIRES: Set the number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board, 2-4. Default: 2 + * MAX31865_50HZ: Enable 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz. + * MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION: Detects random read errors from value spikes (a 20°C difference in less than 1sec) + * MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE: Faster and more frequent reads than 1-shot, but bias voltage always on, slightly affecting RTD temperature. + * MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC: in 1-shot mode, the minimum time between subsequent reads. This reduces the effect of bias voltage by leaving the sensor unpowered for longer intervals. + * MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS: In 2-wire configurations, manually set the wire resistance for more accurate readings + */ +//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 +//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2 +//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER +//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION +//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE +//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 +//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.0f +//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f + +/** + * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. + * https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 + */ //#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT #if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED @@ -51,10 +170,101 @@ #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true #endif +// +// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options +// #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control + #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS + #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +// +// Heated Chamber options +// +#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) + #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS + #endif +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) + //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false + //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) + + //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) + //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. + #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target + #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 + #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) + #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #endif + #endif + + //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber + #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) + #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo + #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber + #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 + #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 + #endif +#endif + +// +// Laser Cooler options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER + #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) + #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) + #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) + #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay) + #define COOLER_INVERTING false + #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. + #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. + #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. + #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) + #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target + #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target + #endif +#endif + +// +// Motherboard Sensor options +// +#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below. + #define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) + #define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C) + #ifndef TEMP_BOARD_PIN + //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin, if not set in pins file. + #endif +#endif + +// +// Laser Coolant Flow Meter +// +//#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER +#if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER) + #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) + #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin + #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds + #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below + #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) + #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled #endif #endif @@ -78,6 +288,11 @@ #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops + #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) + //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 + #endif + /** * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature @@ -90,7 +305,7 @@ * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set * below 2. */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif @@ -98,44 +313,129 @@ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler. + */ +#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius + + /** + * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). + */ + #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated. + // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. + // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif #endif /** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode + * Automatic Temperature Mode + * + * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves. + * + * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID + * behavior using an additional kC value.) + * + * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. + * + * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B. + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). */ #define AUTOTEMP #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 + #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0) + // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here + //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) + #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature + #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) + #endif #endif -// Show extra position information in M114 -//#define M114_DETAIL - // Show Temperature ADC value // Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. //#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES @@ -144,7 +444,7 @@ * High Temperature Thermistor Support * * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure * and force stop everything. @@ -176,8 +476,20 @@ #if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) + #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#endif + +/** + * Hotend Idle Timeout + * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. + */ +//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) + #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection + #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout + #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout #endif // @section temperature @@ -193,14 +505,26 @@ * Controller Fan * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. + * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns + * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off. */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN +#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled + #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors + + // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan + //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature + + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings + #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) + #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu + #endif #endif // When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the @@ -208,6 +532,9 @@ // before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) //#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + /** * PWM Fan Scaling * @@ -223,6 +550,49 @@ //#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 //#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 +/** + * Fan Fast PWM + * + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally + * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * + * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY + * Set this to your desired frequency. + * For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. + * For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz. + * This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration + * and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board. + * + * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware. + * + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: + * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] + * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of + * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + */ +//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino +#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below + //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP + #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY + #ifdef __AVR__ + #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1)) + #else + #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Use one of the PWM fans as a redundant part-cooling fan + */ +//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 2 // Index of the fan to sync with FAN 0. + // @section extruder /** @@ -242,9 +612,53 @@ #define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 +#define COOLER_FAN_PIN -1 + #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 +#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 +#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18 +#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 + +/** + * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers + * + * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed + * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123. + * + * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM. + */ +//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed +//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN +//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1 +//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP +//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN /** * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer @@ -266,17 +680,20 @@ #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } + //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu + #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light + #endif + #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) + //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light + #endif + #if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) + #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } #endif #endif -//=========================================================================== -//============================ Mechanical Settings ========================== -//=========================================================================== - // @section homing // If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing @@ -287,6 +704,13 @@ //#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. +// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. +//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 + //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +#endif + /** * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops * @@ -304,33 +728,56 @@ //#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif //#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions + //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 + //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR + //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif #endif #endif +// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers +//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // Enable if the E motors need opposite DIR states +#endif + /** * Dual X Carriage * @@ -340,40 +787,47 @@ * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * + * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: + * + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel + * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so + * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with + * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. + * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates + * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. + * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and + * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. */ //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S - // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results - // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0) - // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so - // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all - // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at - // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]) + #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS + #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage + #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage + #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed + #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position + #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. + // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software + // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops + // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). + // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default settings in "Auto-park Mode" - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder - #define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder + #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE + // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. + //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#endif // Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. // Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. @@ -381,77 +835,344 @@ // @section homing -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially +/** + * Homing Procedure + * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish + * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. + */ -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X +//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -// @section machine +//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false} +#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X +//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). +//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first -// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder -//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE +// @section bltouch + +#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + /** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES + * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand + * advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the + * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often + * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" + * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + + // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. + // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. + #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + + /** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + + // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful + // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + + /** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + + /** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode + * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + + /** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 + * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) + * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ + //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + + /** + * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. + * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians + * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. + * + * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset. + */ + #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true + + // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. + //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU + +#endif // BLTOUCH + +// @section extras + +/** + * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment + * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. + */ +//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S X Y' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif + + // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to + // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. + // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } + #else + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! + #endif + + // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? + // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? + // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. + #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +#endif + +// +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// +//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) + + // Define positions for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } + + // Define position names for probe points. + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" + #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" + + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation + //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu + + //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment + + /** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ + #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 + +#endif + +// @section motion + +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } + +// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles +//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION // By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. #define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_I_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_J_STEP_PIN false +#define INVERT_K_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. +/** + * Idle Stepper Shutdown + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. + * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + */ #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_I true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_J true +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_K true #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 +// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated +// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. -// @section lcd - -#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder +// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. +// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. +#define SLOWDOWN +#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) + #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 #endif -// @section extras - -// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 +/** + * XY Frequency limit + * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves. + * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html + * Use M201 F G to change limits at runtime. + */ +//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F. +#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT + #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G. +#endif // Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end // of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed // if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/sec) +#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) // -// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting +// Backlash Compensation +// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. // -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) + // Define values for backlash distance and correction. + // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. + #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) One value for each linear axis + #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + + // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics + //#define CORE_BACKLASH + + // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments + // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) + //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + + // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) + //#define BACKLASH_GCODE + + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" + #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + + #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) + // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT + // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION + // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) + #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration + * + * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- + * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. + * + * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object + * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash + * and hotend offsets. + * + * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within + * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. + */ +//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) + + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." + //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + + #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min + #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + + // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm + #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + + // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). + //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + + // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm + #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + + // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best + // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT + #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX + + // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If + // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. + //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + + // Define the pin to read during calibration + #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin + //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN + #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP + #endif #endif /** @@ -462,8 +1183,19 @@ */ //#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] +/** + * Custom Microstepping + * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. + */ +//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH + +// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) +#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] /** * @section stepper motor current @@ -477,7 +1209,7 @@ * known compatible chips: AD5206 * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 * * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. @@ -489,101 +1221,235 @@ //#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) //#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) +/** + * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) + */ +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster +//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +#if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 + + // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. + // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. + #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO + + //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) + /** * Common slave addresses: * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT + //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT #endif -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - //=========================================================================== //=============================Additional Features=========================== //=========================================================================== -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly -#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value -#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value - -//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ -#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again - // @section lcd -// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu -#define LCD_INFO_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) || ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar +#if ANY(HAS_LCD_MENU, EXTENSIBLE_UI, HAS_DWIN_E3V2) + #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel + #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines + #if IS_ULTIPANEL + #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" + #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen #endif -#endif // SDSUPPORT || LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY +#endif -/** - * LED Control Menu - * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ -//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU -#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup +// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster +#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER +#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) + #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed + #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#endif + +// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen +//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 + #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#endif + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + + // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD + #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) + // + // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + // + #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + + // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) + //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } + #endif + + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) + // Add a calibration procedure in the Probe Offsets menu + // to compensate for twist in the X-axis. + //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION + #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION) + /** + * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. + * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. + * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. + */ + #define XATC_START_Z 0.0 + #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard + #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe + #endif + #endif #endif -#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU + + // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu + #define LCD_INFO_MENU + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages + #endif + + // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top + //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + + /** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ + //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU + #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) + #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option + //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option + #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup + #endif + #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value + #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity + //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip + #endif + #endif + + // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access + //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU + +#if ANY(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_ENHANCED, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI) + //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu +#endif + +#if EITHER(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_ENHANCED) + // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus + //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) + #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) + #endif + #endif + + // Scroll a longer status message into view + #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING + + // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible + //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY + + // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage + #define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY + + // Show the E position (filament used) during printing + //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +#endif + +// LCD Print Progress options +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + #if CAN_SHOW_REMAINING_TIME + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + #endif + + #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing + #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar + #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message + #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) + //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it + //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar + #endif + #endif +#endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + /** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ + //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED + // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. + // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. + //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. + //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up + //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) + + //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping + + #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + + #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished + #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART + #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + + //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM + //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files + + //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted + + //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu + + #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + + #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) + #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination + #endif /** * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) @@ -595,8 +1461,25 @@ */ //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) + //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. + //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor + //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN + //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume + //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + + // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, + // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. + #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + + // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! + //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed + #endif #endif /** @@ -622,33 +1505,40 @@ * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA // SD Card Sorting options #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. + #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. + #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. + #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. #endif + // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the + // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. + //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) + //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + /** * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. */ - //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED + //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT /** * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. @@ -662,8 +1552,104 @@ */ //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + /** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ + //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT + #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) + /** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ + //#define USE_UHS2_USB + //#define USE_UHS3_USB + + /** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ + //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + + #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) + #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS + #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN + #endif + #endif + + /** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ + //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE + #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 + #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF + #endif + + /** + * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space. + * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data. + * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'. + * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'. + */ + //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING + + // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' + //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + + /** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + + // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) + //#define NO_SD_DETECT + + // Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. + //#define MULTI_VOLUME + #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) + #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD + #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE + #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD + #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE + #endif + #endif // SDSUPPORT +/** + * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- + * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. + */ +//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). + /** * Additional options for Graphical Displays * @@ -676,62 +1662,276 @@ * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable * printing performance versus fast display updates. */ -#if ENABLED(DOGLCD) - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen + //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. + // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + /** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ + #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920 + // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. + // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. + //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 #endif #endif -#endif // DOGLCD + /** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ + //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones + //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends) + #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating + #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating + #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating + //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active + //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling + //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow + //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap + //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap + //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames + //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar + //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + + // Frivolous Game Options + //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT + //#define MARLIN_INVADERS + //#define MARLIN_SNAKE + //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu + +#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB + +#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI + // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar + //#define SHOW_SD_PERCENT + + // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens + #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + + // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay + //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE +#endif + +// +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 + #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + + #if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) + //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS + #else + #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays +// +#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) + // By default the type of panel is automatically detected. + // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. + //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD + //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW + + // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune + //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE + + /** + * Display Folders + * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list. + * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser. + * + * NOTES: + * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders. + * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names. + * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders. + */ + #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW +#endif + +// +// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. +// +#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI) + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it + #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 + //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change + #endif +#endif + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) +// +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) + // Display board used + //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) + //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) + //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI + //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) + //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 + //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 + + // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. + //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 + //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 + //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + + // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector + //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping + //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping + //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping + //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping + //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + + //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below + #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) + // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen + #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 + #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + + // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO + //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI + #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 + #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 + #endif + #endif + + // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display + // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support + // portrait and mirrored orientations. + //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED + //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + + // UTF8 processing and rendering. + // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. + //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) + // Western accents support. These accented characters use + // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. + #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + // Additional character groups. These characters require + // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ + #endif + + // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash + //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET + #endif + + // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons + #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + + // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. + // (recommended for smaller displays) + //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + + // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +#endif + +// +// Classic UI Options +// +#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD + //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White + //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black + //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black + //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red + //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow + //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +#endif + +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif // @section safety -// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, -// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation. +/** + * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs + * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. + * + * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, + * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. + * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while + * interrupts are enabled. + */ #define USE_WATCHDOG - #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on. - // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset. - // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled. //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL #endif @@ -746,14 +1946,32 @@ */ #define BABYSTEPPING #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Enable to combine M851 and Babystepping - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR + //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING + //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). + //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! + #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way + //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + + #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. + #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) + #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. + //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. + #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) + #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. + #endif + #endif + + #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 + + #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) + //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets + //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor + #endif #endif // @section extruder @@ -771,18 +1989,59 @@ * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE +#define LIN_ADVANCE #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants + #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed + //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. + #define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration + //#define ALLOW_LOW_EJERK // Allow a DEFAULT_EJERK value of <10. Recommended for direct drive hotends. #endif // @section leveling -#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) +/** + * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. + * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. + */ +#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 + //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 + //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +#endif + +/** + * Probing Margins + * + * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate + * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or + * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. + * + * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, + * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over + * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as + * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) + * + * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however + * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the + * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing + * the probe to be unable to reach any points. + */ +#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN + //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +#endif + +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET @@ -790,37 +2049,154 @@ //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) #endif +#if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) + //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +#endif + +/** + * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. + * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. + */ +//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 + #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE + /** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ + #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." + #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" + #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" + +#endif + +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * + * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature + * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend. + * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures. + * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.) + * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually. + * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html + */ +//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature +//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature +//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature + +#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND) + /** + * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest + * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the + * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START. + */ + //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 + + #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE) + // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START + // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples. + #define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C) + #define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C) + #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10 + #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PTC_BED) + // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + #define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C) + #define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C) + #define PTC_BED_COUNT 10 + #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND) + // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871. + #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C) + #define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C) + #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20 + #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample + #endif + + // G76 options + #if BOTH(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED) + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + //#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed + #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } + + // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during + // bed temperature calibration. + #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C) + + // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. + // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z). + #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5 + #endif +#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND + // @section extras +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment + #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment + #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure #endif -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT +// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets +//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes -// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target -// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch +#if EITHER(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT) + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes +#endif + +/** + * Direct Stepping + * + * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly + * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in + * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. + * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon + */ +//#define DIRECT_STEPPING + +/** + * G38 Probe Target + * + * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) + * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). + * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. + */ //#define G38_PROBE_TARGET #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move) + //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target + #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. #endif // Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move #define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 /** - * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) + * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers + * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) @@ -828,13 +2204,14 @@ * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 /** * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 stepper drivers - * 1 : Minimum for LV8729 stepper drivers + * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h + * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers @@ -846,12 +2223,12 @@ /** * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ @@ -866,14 +2243,16 @@ //================================= Buffers ================================= //=========================================================================== -// @section hidden +// @section motion -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller +// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. +// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g., 8, 16, 32) +#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 #else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer + #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 #endif // @section serial @@ -913,11 +2292,41 @@ //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX #endif -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER +// Monitor RX buffer usage +// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows. +// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value. +// Not supported on all platforms. +//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR + +/** + * Emergency Command Parser + * + * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they + * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. + * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876 + * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms. + */ +#define EMERGENCY_PARSER + +/** + * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER) + * + * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl). + * - Auto-report position during long moves. + * - Useful for CNC/LASER. + * + * Adds support for commands: + * S000 : Report State and Position while moving. + * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving. + * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold. + * + * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual. + * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports. + */ +//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS) + //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC +#endif // Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' // Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. @@ -928,8 +2337,24 @@ // Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. //#define ADVANCED_OK +// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. +// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. +#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION + +// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point +//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 + // @section extras +/** + * Extra Fan Speed + * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. + * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for + * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed + * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + */ +//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED + /** * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract * @@ -943,49 +2368,130 @@ * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. * * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * */ -//#define FWRETRACT // ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED +//#define FWRETRACT #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s) - #define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 // Default retract Z-lift - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s) + #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions + #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) + #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length + #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length + #endif + #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) + #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting + #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction + #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously + #endif #endif /** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed + * Universal tool change settings. + * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED +#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER + // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders + #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change + #endif + + /** + * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional + * stepper motor (I axis, see option LINEAR_AXES in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer. + */ + //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0 + //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1 + //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution! + + /** + * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. + * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. + */ + //#define TOOL_SENSOR + + /** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) + // Load / Unload + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + + // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + + // Cool after prime to reduce stringing + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 + #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + + // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) + // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + + // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) + // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect + //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + + /** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ + #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + + #endif + + /** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } + #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move + //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move + #endif +#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER /** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. + * Advanced Pause for Filament Change + * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change. + * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. + * Requirements: + * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. + * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER. + * + * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park. */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 550 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. // Set to 0 for manual unloading. @@ -994,7 +2500,7 @@ // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. @@ -1003,20 +2509,25 @@ // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. + #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. + //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. + //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again. + //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing. - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change + #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. + #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. + #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) #endif @@ -1030,113 +2541,358 @@ */ #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) + #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) + #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps + #endif - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) + #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS + #endif - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) + #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) + #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS + #endif - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) + #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) + #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #endif - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) + #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #endif - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #endif - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_I(TMC26X) + #define I_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define I_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define I_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_J(TMC26X) + #define J_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define J_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define J_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_K(TMC26X) + #define K_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define K_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define K_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif -#endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) + #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) + #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) + #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) + #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) + #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) + #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #endif + +#endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart /** - * To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI pins to - * the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins - * in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode + * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define + * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 + * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. * - * You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library - * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper). - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers - * connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN - * to PDN_UART without a resistor. + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN + * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. + * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without + * a resistor. * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. * - * You'll also need the TMC2208Stepper Arduino library - * (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper). + * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC +#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG - #define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130 #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #define X_CURRENT 800 // rms current in mA. Multiply by 1.41 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 /** - * Use software SPI for TMC2130. + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below + */ + #define INTERPOLATE true + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME (X_CURRENT/2) // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... + //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis + //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + #define Y_CURRENT 580 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME (Y_CURRENT/2) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + #define Z_CURRENT 580 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true + //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(I) + #define I_CURRENT 800 + #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT + #define I_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define I_RSENSE 0.11 + #define I_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define I_INTERPOLATE true + //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(J) + #define J_CURRENT 800 + #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT + #define J_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define J_RSENSE 0.11 + #define J_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define J_INTERPOLATE true + //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(K) + #define K_CURRENT 800 + #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT + #define K_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define K_RSENSE 0.11 + #define K_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define K_INTERPOLATE true + //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) + #define E0_CURRENT 650 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true + //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 + #endif + + /** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. + * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ + //#define X_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 + //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define Z4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define I_CS_PIN -1 + //#define J_CS_PIN -1 + //#define K_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 + + /** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, * but you can override or define them here. */ @@ -1146,21 +2902,100 @@ //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 /** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. + * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ + #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 + #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 + //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 + //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + + /** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same + * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ + //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + + /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. */ - #define STEALTHCHOP + #define STEALTHCHOP_XY + #define STEALTHCHOP_Z + #define STEALTHCHOP_I + #define STEALTHCHOP_J + #define STEALTHCHOP_K + #define STEALTHCHOP_E /** - * Monitor Trinamic TMC2130 and TMC2208 drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) + * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ + #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below) + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + + /** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: + * Relevant G-codes: * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) */ //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS @@ -1171,9 +3006,10 @@ #endif /** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP needs to be enabled. + * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting */ //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD @@ -1184,125 +3020,331 @@ #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 /** - * Use stallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * You need to place a wire from the driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. * - * X/Y/Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only + //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define X_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Y_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define Z_HOMING_SENSITIVITY 8 + #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) + // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 + #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 75 + #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 75 + #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 + //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only + #define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY #endif + /** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ + //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + + /** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ + #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + /** * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. */ //#define TMC_DEBUG - /** - * M915 Z Axis Calibration - * - * - Adjust Z stepper current, - * - Drive the Z axis to its physical maximum, and - * - Home Z to account for the lost steps. - * - * Use M915 Snn to specify the current. - * Use M925 Znn to add extra Z height to Z_MAX_POS. - */ - //#define TMC_Z_CALIBRATION - #if ENABLED(TMC_Z_CALIBRATION) - #define CALIBRATION_CURRENT 250 - #define CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 10 - #endif - /** * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper * * Example: * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ * } */ #define TMC_ADV() { } -#endif // TMC2130 || TMC2208 +#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG -// @section L6470 +// @section L64XX /** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * L64XX Stepper Driver options * - * The Arduino-L6470 library is required for this stepper driver. + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 + * + * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file + * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN + * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall +#if HAS_L64XX - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS + #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS + #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_I(L6470) + #define I_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define I_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define I_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define I_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define I_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define I_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif -#endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_J(L6470) + #define J_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define J_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define J_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define J_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define J_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define J_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_K(L6470) + #define K_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define K_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define K_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define K_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define K_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define K_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + /** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. + * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. + * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. + * Relevant G-codes: + * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. + * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 + * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 + * I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ + //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 + //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR + #endif + +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -1332,13 +3374,54 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -// @section i2cbus - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif // @section extras +/** + * Photo G-code + * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. + * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. + */ +//#define PHOTO_GCODE +#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) + // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo + //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) + //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) + //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) + + // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger + // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ + //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 + + // Canon Hack Development Kit + // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ + //#define CHDK_PIN 4 + + // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) + + // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high + //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif +#endif + /** * Spindle & Laser control * @@ -1352,38 +3435,205 @@ * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. */ -//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE) +//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE +//#define LASER_FEATURE +#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop - #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false - #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction + #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower + #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + #endif + + //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11 + #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) + #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH + //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin + #endif + + //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9 + #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST) + #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin + //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin + #endif + + //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power + #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control + #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle + #endif /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) */ + #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + /** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM + */ + //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] - //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction + #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction + #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + /** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + #endif + + #else + + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM) + #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage + #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 + #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + #endif + + // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu + #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + + /** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) + * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE + + #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) + /** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ + #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + + /** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). + * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). + * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your + * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. + * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + + /** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. + * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + + /** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ + //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER + + #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) + // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. + // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + + // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. + //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF + #endif + + /** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + + /** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ + //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + + #else + + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power + #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + + #endif + + // + // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module) + // + //#define I2C_AMMETER + #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER) + #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range + #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value + #endif + + #endif +#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE + +/** + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing + * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan + * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser + * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + +/** + * Coolant Control + * + * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. + * + * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. + */ +//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) + #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present + #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present + #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed + #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed #endif /** @@ -1419,6 +3669,38 @@ //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY #endif +/** + * Power Monitor + * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W) + * + * Read and configure with M430 + * + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin + * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + */ +//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage + +#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current + #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#endif + +#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! + #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage +#endif + +/** + * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection + * + * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check + * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power. + * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature. + */ +//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT + /** * CNC Coordinate Systems * @@ -1428,19 +3710,35 @@ //#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS /** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins + * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S + * Requires fans with tachometer pins */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING +//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS /** * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S */ #define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES +/** + * Auto-report position with M154 S + */ +//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION + /** * Include capabilities in M115 output */ #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT +#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) + //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +#endif + +/** + * Expected Printer Check + * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. + * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. + */ +//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK /** * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options @@ -1453,9 +3751,21 @@ * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. */ //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + + //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT + #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) + /** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ + #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) + #endif #endif /** @@ -1467,6 +3777,13 @@ */ //#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS +// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report +//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations +//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics +//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. + +//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) + /** * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. @@ -1477,65 +3794,195 @@ #define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 /** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser + * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser */ #define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER +#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) + //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +#endif + +// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) +//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 +//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 + +//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase + +//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW + /** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode + * CNC G-code options + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. + * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). + * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script +//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for PLA" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for ABS" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" +// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves +//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE + //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode #endif /** - * Specify an action command to send to the host when the printer is killed. - * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_KILL', e.g. '//action:poweroff'. - * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + * Startup commands + * + * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. */ -//#define ACTION_ON_KILL "poweroff" +//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" /** - * Specify an action command to send to the host on pause and resume. - * Will be sent in the form '//action:ACTION_ON_PAUSE', e.g. '//action:pause'. - * The host must be configured to handle the action command. + * G-code Macros + * + * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. + * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. */ -//#define ACTION_ON_PAUSE "pause" -//#define ACTION_ON_RESUME "resume" - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ====================== -//=========================================================================== +//#define GCODE_MACROS +#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used + #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#endif /** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code. + * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent. + */ + +// Custom Menu: Main Menu +//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN) + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle + + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action + + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM + + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" + //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM +#endif + +// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu +//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG) + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" + #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK + //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script + #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle + + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action + + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" + #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM + + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" + //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM +#endif + +/** + * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code. + * Up to 25 may be defined. + */ +//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS) + //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1 + #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) + #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. + #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? + #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" + #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status + #endif + + //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1 + #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) + #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW + #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false + #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) + #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + #endif + + //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1 + #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) + #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW + #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false + #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL + #endif +#endif + +/** + * Host Action Commands * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ + * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands + * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel + * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed * - * Reilabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. + * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. + * + * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so + * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. + */ +//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 + //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT + //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start + //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down +#endif + +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message +#endif + +/** + * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. + * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. + * + * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder + * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder + * + * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module + * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/ + * + * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. */ //#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS @@ -1587,7 +4034,7 @@ //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behaviour. + // disable abort behavior. #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder @@ -1600,11 +4047,61 @@ */ #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. + // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE #endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +/** + * Analog Joystick(s) + */ +//#define JOYSTICK +#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) + #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 + #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 + #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: + #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max + #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } + #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } + //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#endif + +/** + * Mechanical Gantry Calibration + * Modern replacement for the Prusa TMC_Z_CALIBRATION. + * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. + * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. + */ +//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction + + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM + //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" + #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#endif + +/** + * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality + * Specified pin has pullup and connecting to ground will instantly pause motion. + * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed. + */ +//#define FREEZE_FEATURE +#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE) + //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here +#endif + /** * MAX7219 Debug Matrix * @@ -1618,10 +4115,13 @@ #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) + #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 + //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order + //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side + /** * Sample debug features * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! @@ -1638,17 +4138,201 @@ /** * NanoDLP Sync support * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands + * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will + * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. + * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands. */ //#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC #if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only. + //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z). #endif +/** + * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. + */ +#if HAS_ETHERNET + #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#endif + +/** + * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) + */ +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host + + /** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with + * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via + * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ + //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +#endif + +/** + * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU) + * Enable in Configuration.h + * + * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive + * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 + /** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ + //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required + //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs + //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. + #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + + // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it + //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + + // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) + //#define MMU2_MODE_12V + + // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout + #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + + // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 + //#define MMU2_MENUS + #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) + // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. + // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. + #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 + #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + { 7.2, 1145 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 36.0, 1393 }, \ + { 14.4, 871 }, \ + { 50.0, 198 } + + #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + { 1.0, 1000 }, \ + { 1.0, 1500 }, \ + { 2.0, 2000 }, \ + { 1.5, 3000 }, \ + { 2.5, 4000 }, \ + { -15.0, 5000 }, \ + { -14.0, 1200 }, \ + { -6.0, 600 }, \ + { 10.0, 700 }, \ + { -10.0, 400 }, \ + { -50.0, 2000 } + #endif + + /** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. + * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 + */ + #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S + #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ + { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module + #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + + #else + + /** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament + * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last + * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. + * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ + //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR + #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) + #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail + #endif + + #endif + + //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output + +#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 + +/** + * Advanced Print Counter settings + */ +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 + // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs + //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours + //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" + //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#endif + +// @section develop + +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M42 - Set pin states +// +//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// +//#define PINS_DEBUGGING + // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands //#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE -#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H +#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) + /** + * D576 - Buffer Monitoring + * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers. + */ + //#define BUFFER_MONITORING +#endif + +/** + * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial. + * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand + * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. + */ +//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING + +/** + * Software Reset options + */ +//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller +//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL + +// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR. +//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index cfd260b..7afad7e 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Marlin Ender 5 configuration -This is my personal Ender 5 configuration for Marlin 1.1.x (tested on 1.1.9). -This configuration is highly inspired from [Teaching Tech's video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aQIg9zxuCvM), which did a really great job. -Please consider supporting him on [Patreon](https://www.patreon.com/teachingtech). +This is my personal Ender 5 configuration for Marlin 2.0.x (tested on 2.0.9.3) with CR-Touch and BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 V2 mainboard. + +With PlatformOI, `default_envs` has to be `STM32F103RC_btt_maple`. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/_Bootscreen.h b/_Bootscreen.h index 11be930..ab82837 100644 --- a/_Bootscreen.h +++ b/_Bootscreen.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . + * along with this program. If not, see . * */ @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. * * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html + * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html */ #define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 diff --git a/_Statusscreen.h b/_Statusscreen.h index 9d159b2..7712553 100644 --- a/_Statusscreen.h +++ b/_Statusscreen.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . + * along with this program. If not, see . * */ @@ -27,104 +27,35 @@ * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. * * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html + * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html */ -#define STATUS_SCREENWIDTH 128 -#define STATUS_SCREEN_HOTEND_TEXT_X(E) (38 + (E) * 20) -#define STATUS_SCREEN_BED_TEXT_X (HOTENDS > 1 ? 81 : 73) -#define STATUS_SCREEN_FAN_TEXT_X 103 +// +// Status Screen Logo bitmap +// +#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 +#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 37 -//============================================ +const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000, + B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000, + B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000, + B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000, + B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000, + B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000, + B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000 +}; +// +// Use default bitmaps +// +#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM +#define STATUS_BED_ANIM +#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 #if HOTENDS < 2 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - -#else // HOTENDS >= 2 - - const unsigned char status_screen0_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110010,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00101111,B01111011,B11010000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00101110,B00110001,B11010000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00101100,B00000000,B11010000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100000,B11111100,B00010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110000,B11111100,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - const unsigned char status_screen1_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000,B00111100,B11110000,B00000011,B10110111,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B01000000,B00100000,B01111000,B00010000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000,B00111010,B11110000,B00000011,B11110111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00010000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11101110,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00101111,B00000011,B11010000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001010,B00011110,B11100000,B00000001,B11011110,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10111111,B00000000,B00100000,B10000010,B00000000,B00101111,B10000111,B11010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11110000,B00000011,B10000111,B00000000,B00010000,B01000001,B00000000,B00100111,B10000111,B10010000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00001000,B00100000,B10000000,B00110011,B10000111,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 - }; - -#endif // HOTENDS >= 2 + #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 + #define STATUS_BED_X 73 +#else + #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 + #define STATUS_BED_X 81 +#endif